Fixed ellipsis spacing in Luke (#1852)
Fixed ellipsis spacing in Luke Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1852 Co-Authored-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org> Co-Committed-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
parent
66fcb5109e
commit
b3c3b8cb90
338
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
338
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
|
@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke<br><br>## Part 1:
|
|||
LUK 1 intro f1b5 0 # Luke 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)<br>2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5–25)<br>3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26–38)<br>4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39–56)<br>5. John the Baptist is born (1:57–80)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46–55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68–79.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “He will be called John”<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
|
||||
LUK 1 1 qhd9 figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων 1 concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 1 hyp6 figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 among us Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 hud2 figs-metonymy οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι 1 who…were eyewitnesses The term **eyewitness** describes someone who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such a person figuratively by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 hud2 figs-metonymy οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι 1 who … were eyewitnesses The term **eyewitness** describes someone who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such a person figuratively by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 z9dq figs-metonymy ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου 1 servants of the word Here, **word** figuratively describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 l000 figs-metaphor ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου 1 servants of the word The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them figuratively as **servants of the word**, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 fud1 writing-background παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς 1 having carefully investigated everything from the beginning Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 l001 figs-youformal σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 you…most excellent Theophilus If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 l001 figs-youformal σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 you … most excellent Theophilus If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 nr63 κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 most excellent Theophilus Luke is dedicating this work to Theophilus, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
|
||||
LUK 1 3 vhj8 κράτιστε 1 most excellent Luke uses the term **most excellent** to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
|
||||
LUK 1 3 h7q1 translate-names Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus This name means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ LUK 1 5 d3ua figs-metaphor γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων
|
|||
LUK 1 5 nnu9 figs-explicit ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών 1 from the daughters of Aaron This means implicitly that she, like Zechariah, was descended from the line of priests going back to Aaron, the first high priest. Alternate translation: “his wife also came from the line of priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l008 translate-names Ἐλεισάβετ 1 Elizabeth **Elizabeth** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 6 uu87 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in front of God Luke uses this expression to mean “where God could see them.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 6 l009 figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking…in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The term **walking** figuratively means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 6 l009 figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking … in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The term **walking** figuratively means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 6 csc9 figs-doublet πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The words **commandments** and **statutes** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to make a comprehensive statement. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 1 7 c7cj grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 But This word indicates a contrast, showing that what follows is the opposite of what would be expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 1 7 l010 figs-idiom ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν 1 they had both advanced in their days To have moved forward or to have **advanced** means figuratively to have aged. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ LUK 1 10 ntl8 figs-explicit ἔξω 1 outside This word refers implicitly to the
|
|||
LUK 1 10 uwu7 figs-metaphor τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος 1 at the hour of the incense offering The word **hour** figuratively means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 11 b8b7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Then This word indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
LUK 1 11 c8ss figs-idiom ὤφθη…αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him When Luke says that the angel **appeared**, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 r3aa figs-parallelism ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας…φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Zechariah was troubled…fear fell on him These two phrases mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 r3aa figs-parallelism ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας…φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him These two phrases mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 d1zm figs-explicit ἰδών 1 when he saw him The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 l014 figs-metaphor φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 fear fell upon him Luke is using the expression **fell upon** figuratively to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 sfb1 figs-personification φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 fear fell upon him Luke describes Zechariah’s **fear** figuratively as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ LUK 1 17 l023 translate-names Ἠλεία 1 Elijah **Elijah** is the name of a m
|
|||
LUK 1 17 w32h figs-personification ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel speaks of **hearts** as if they were living things that could be turned to go in a different direction. This expression figuratively means to change someone’s attitude toward something. Alternate translation: “to make fathers care about their children once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 qe48 figs-synecdoche ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** figuratively to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:10-14](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 l024 figs-explicit ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 l025 figs-explicit ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων 1 to turn…the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Gabriel is using the term **wisdom** in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are **righteous**, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 j49j figs-nominaladj ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων 1 the disobedient…of the righteous Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns to refer groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 l025 figs-explicit ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων 1 to turn … the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Gabriel is using the term **wisdom** in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are **righteous**, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 j49j figs-nominaladj ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων 1 the disobedient … of the righteous Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns to refer groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 ujs1 figs-explicit λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον 1 a people prepared You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 asn2 figs-explicit κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο 1 How will I know this Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 l026 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For This word introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ LUK 1 31 fi5q figs-explicitinfo συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ
|
|||
LUK 1 31 l045 figs-declarative καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 you will call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 1 31 l046 figs-idiom καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 31 l047 translate-names Ἰησοῦν 1 Jesus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 l048 figs-idiom Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He…will be called the Son of the Most High To **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as [1:76](../01/76.md), [2:23](../02/23.md), and [15:19](../15/19.md).) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 hl55 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He…will be called the Son of the Most High Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 ip26 figs-activepassive Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He…will be called the Son of the Most High If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 l048 figs-idiom Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High To **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as [1:76](../01/76.md), [2:23](../02/23.md), and [15:19](../15/19.md).) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 hl55 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 ip26 figs-activepassive Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 z74z figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 lwd9 figs-metonymy δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David The **throne** figuratively represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 l049 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David Here, the term **father** figuratively means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l050 figs-parallelism βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 he will reign…to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l050 figs-parallelism βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l051 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ 1 the house of Jacob In this expression, the word **house** figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l052 translate-names Ἰακὼβ 1 Jacob **Jacob** is the name of a man. Luke uses it a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l053 figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 to the ages This is an idiom. The term **ages** means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ LUK 1 38 tef1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Here, **behold** means more lite
|
|||
LUK 1 38 kw3g figs-metaphor ἡ δούλη Κυρίου 1 the female servant of the Lord By describing herself as a **servant**, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 38 b9ax γένοιτό μοι 1 May it happen to me Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternative translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
|
||||
LUK 1 38 l062 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου 1 according to your word Here, the term **word** figuratively describes the message that Gabriel has brought. Alternate translation: “just as you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 ka5b writing-newevent δὲ…ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Then…in those days This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 ka5b writing-newevent δὲ…ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Then … in those days This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 l063 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in those days Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 wj5i figs-idiom ἀναστᾶσα 1 arose This is an idiom that means not just that Mary stood up, but that she took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “started out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 sii5 figs-explicit τὴν ὀρινὴν 1 the hill country This was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ LUK 1 43 tiu4 figs-123person ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 the mo
|
|||
LUK 1 44 uq3j figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 44 h54t figs-metaphor ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου 1 as soon as the sound of your greeting was in my ears Elizabeth is using the term **ears** to mean hearing, and hearing figuratively means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 44 u9db figs-metaphor ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 leaped for joy As in [1:41](../01/41.md), **leaped** is a figurative way of referring to sudden movement. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly because he was so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 45 kf73 figs-123person ἡ πιστεύσασα…τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 she who believed…the things that were spoken to her from the Lord Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 1 45 kf73 figs-123person ἡ πιστεύσασα…τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 she who believed … the things that were spoken to her from the Lord Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 1 45 gc1e figs-activepassive ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 45 g8rc figs-explicit ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord Here, instead of the word "by," Elizabeth uses the word **from** because Mary actually heard the angel Gabriel speak (see [1:26](../01/26.md)), but the things he spoke ultimately came from the Lord. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 46 vxj4 figs-synecdoche μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul magnifies The word **soul** refers to the inmost part of a person. Here, Mary uses it to refer to all of herself. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: “From the depths of my being, I praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ LUK 1 65 l081 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And This word introduces th
|
|||
LUK 1 65 qw1j figs-personification ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 1 fear came on all those who lived around them As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 l082 figs-idiom ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς 1 fear came on all those who lived around them In this context, **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 l083 figs-explicit ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 1 fear came on all those who lived around them It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 g7uh figs-hyperbole πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ 1 all those who lived around them…throughout all the hill country Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 g7uh figs-hyperbole πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ 1 all those who lived around them … throughout all the hill country Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 pz97 figs-activepassive διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 all these matters were being talked about If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 66 c7xf figs-ellipsis ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν 1 all who heard stored in their hearts Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “all who heard these things stored them in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 1 66 l6lt figs-metaphor ἔθεντο…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν 1 stored in their hearts Luke is speaking figuratively of **hearts** as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ LUK 1 67 l084 figs-metaphor Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματο
|
|||
LUK 1 67 fs5y figs-quotations ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων 1 prophesied, saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 l085 figs-personification ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the God of Israel Luke is referring figuratively to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 jx5n figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the God of Israel If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 d67v figs-idiom ἐπεσκέψατο…τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ 1 he has visited…his people Here, the term **visited** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 d67v figs-idiom ἐπεσκέψατο…τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ 1 he has visited … his people Here, the term **visited** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 l086 figs-metaphor ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν 1 he has raised up a horn of salvation for us In this context, **raised up** means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “ he has brought us a horn of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 g11u figs-metonymy ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν 1 he has raised up a horn of salvation for us An animal’s **horn** is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term figuratively as a symbol for a ruler by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 fb9f figs-metonymy ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David David’s **house** figuratively represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -274,8 +274,8 @@ LUK 1 75 l5n2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσ
|
|||
LUK 1 75 tn5i figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 before him This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 75 l093 figs-idiom πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν 1 all our days Here Zechariah uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 f6r1 figs-explicit καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον 1 And indeed, you, child Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you can indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 l094 figs-idiom προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you…will be called a prophet As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 h2vh figs-activepassive προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you…will be called a prophet If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 l094 figs-idiom προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you … will be called a prophet As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 h2vh figs-activepassive προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you … will be called a prophet If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 bb3g figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 of the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 de7t figs-idiom προπορεύσῃ…ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 you will go before the Lord As in [1:17](../01/17.md), to **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 l095 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 to prepare his paths Zechariah is using the imagery of **paths** figuratively to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ LUK 2 14 p1fm δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ 1 Glory in the highest t
|
|||
LUK 2 14 y2b3 ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας 1 among men of good pleasure This could mean one of two things. (1) This could be referring to God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) This could be referring to people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
|
||||
LUK 2 14 l121 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 2 15 au2m writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 2 15 s4js figs-exclusive διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 Let us…go… let us see…to us The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 15 s4js figs-exclusive διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 Let us … go … let us see … to us The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 16 l122 figs-hendiadys ἦλθον σπεύσαντες 1 they went hastening The two verbs **went** and **hastening** express a single idea. The word **hastening** tells how they **went**. Alternate translation: “they went quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 2 16 rdi2 translate-unknown κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ 1 lying in the manger See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 2 17 n2qz figs-activepassive τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς 1 the message that had been told to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -394,16 +394,16 @@ LUK 2 26 psf8 figs-activepassive ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον
|
|||
LUK 2 26 l138 figs-idiom μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 1 he would not see death before To **see death** is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 26 e6vu figs-litotes μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 1 he would not see death before Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 k53l figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he came in the Spirit This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 uqr6 figs-go ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 he came…into the temple Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 uqr6 figs-go ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 he came … into the temple Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 y8la figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 into the temple Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 wt3r writing-participants τοὺς γονεῖς 1 the parents This means the parents of Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 h444 figs-explicit τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him The phrase **to do according to the custom of the law** refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in [2:22–25](../02/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 28 l139 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 and Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 2 28 y5g6 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας 1 he took him into his arms If it would be clearer in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 l140 figs-declarative νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου…ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 You are now dismissing your servant in peace Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 m6eg figs-123person ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are…dismissing your servant Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 g3wn figs-euphemism ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are…dismissing your servant Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 l141 figs-youformal σου…σου 1 your…your Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 m6eg figs-123person ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are … dismissing your servant Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 g3wn figs-euphemism ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are … dismissing your servant Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 l141 figs-youformal σου…σου 1 your … your Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 e8fk figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου 1 according to your word Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the **word** or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 30 b7i6 figs-synecdoche εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου 1 my eyes have seen Simeon uses one part of himself, his **eyes**, to represent all of himself figuratively in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 2 30 ekw3 figs-metonymy τὸ σωτήριόν σου 1 your salvation This expression refers by association to the person who would bring **salvation**, that is, the infant Jesus, whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: “the Savior whom you have sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -484,8 +484,8 @@ LUK 3 1 l167 writing-newevent ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτ
|
|||
LUK 3 1 l168 translate-ordinal ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ 1 in the fifteenth year If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l169 writing-participants Τιβερίου Καίσαρος 1 Tiberius Caesar As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l170 translate-names Τιβερίου 1 Tiberius **Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 v22w translate-names Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου 1 Pontius Pilate…Herod…Philip…Lysanias These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 uv8h translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς 1 Judea…Galilee…Ituraea and Trachonitis…Abilene These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 v22w translate-names Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου 1 Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 uv8h translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς 1 Judea … Galilee … Ituraea and Trachonitis … Abilene These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l171 translate-unknown τετραρχοῦντος 1 tetrarch In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 2 d3m8 figs-explicit ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα 1 during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding Annas. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 2 dg8p figs-personification ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came Luke speaks of God’s message figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -544,10 +544,10 @@ LUK 3 15 l194 figs-explicit προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ 1
|
|||
LUK 3 15 czb7 figs-metaphor διαλογιζομένων…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 wondering in their hearts Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** figuratively to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 fn1u figs-explicit ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John answered, saying to them all John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 l195 figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων…ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John answered, saying Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 wj3h ἐγὼ…ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς 1 I…baptize you with water Alternate translation: “I … baptize you using water” or “I…baptize you by means of water”
|
||||
LUK 3 16 wj3h ἐγὼ…ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς 1 I … baptize you with water Alternate translation: “I … baptize you using water” or “I … baptize you by means of water”
|
||||
LUK 3 16 k3hg figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 jjp1 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 c1an figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί 1 He will baptize you…with fire The word **fire** is intended figuratively, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you…to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 c1an figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί 1 He will baptize you … with fire The word **fire** is intended figuratively, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 jzm4 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 l196 figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand The phrase **in his hand** is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 b1ap translate-unknown πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
@ -567,11 +567,11 @@ LUK 3 21 l200 figs-hyperbole ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν 1 all the people Th
|
|||
LUK 3 21 nw1s figs-activepassive καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος 1 Jesus also was baptized You could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 21 i5zg figs-activepassive ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 the heavens were opened You could say this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 q2yh figs-personification φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι 1 a voice came from heaven Luke speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 h7tn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my…Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 h7tn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my … Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 uvm3 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 d3sh figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα 1 Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old This is an idiomatic expression, and it could mean one of two things. (1) The word **beginning** could be a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke could also be saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 z2xa figs-activepassive ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ 1 He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 24 f8pm translate-names τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ 1 of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son…of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are (1) “He was the son…of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” or (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father…was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 24 f8pm translate-names τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ 1 of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” or (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 25 xdc5 translate-names τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ 1 of Mattathias, of Amos, of Nahum, of Esli, of Naggai This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 26 vt9z translate-names τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ 1 of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semein, of Josech, of Joda This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 27 z85v translate-names τοῦ Ἰωανὰν, τοῦ Ῥησὰ, τοῦ Ζοροβαβὲλ, τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ, τοῦ Νηρεὶ 1 of Joanan, of Rhesa, of Zerubbabel, of Salathiel, of Neri This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that begins in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -648,9 +648,9 @@ LUK 4 17 x52a translate-unknown βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσα
|
|||
LUK 4 17 w5s9 figs-activepassive τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον 1 the place where it was written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 h1rm figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 q96y figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν με 1 he has anointed me In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing figuratively to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 l6ac figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς 1 the poor…the blind Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 l6ac figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς 1 the poor … the blind Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 a9wn κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν 1 to proclaim freedom to the captives Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
|
||||
LUK 4 18 mzp4 κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν 1 to proclaim…recovery of sight to the blind Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
|
||||
LUK 4 18 mzp4 κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν 1 to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
|
||||
LUK 4 18 utq5 figs-activepassive ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει 1 to set free those who are oppressed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 19 z262 figs-idiom κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν 1 to proclaim the favorable year of the Lord Luke is using the term **year** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 4 20 sm11 figs-explicit πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον 1 rolling up the scroll A scroll was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ LUK 4 21 l218 figs-idiom σήμερον 1 Today **Today** figuratively refers to
|
|||
LUK 4 21 b1ix figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη 1 this scripture has been fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 21 iij8 figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν 1 in your ears In this expression, the **ears** figuratively represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 k2xi figs-metonymy τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος 1 the gracious words Luke uses the term **words** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 l219 figs-explicitinfo τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the…words that were coming out of his mouth In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you can express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 l219 figs-explicitinfo τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the … words that were coming out of his mouth In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you can express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 ty6d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος? 1 Is this not the son of Joseph? The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well as he did. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 4 23 l220 figs-quotesinquotes πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Surely you will say this proverb to me, ‘Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 23 u4ps writing-proverbs ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν 1 Doctor, heal yourself Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ LUK 4 25 spq7 figs-metaphor ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς 1 the
|
|||
LUK 4 25 ukl6 translate-unknown λιμὸς μέγας 1 a great famine A **famine** is a long period of time when the people in an area cannot produce or acquire enough food to feed themselves. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 l223 figs-activepassive πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας 1 Elijah was sent to none of them except If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not send Elijah to any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 l224 grammar-connect-exceptions πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας, εἰ μὴ 1 Elijah was sent to none of them except If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God only sent Elijah to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 zsi6 figs-explicit εἰς Σάρεπτα…πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν 1 to Zarephath…to a widow woman The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 zsi6 figs-explicit εἰς Σάρεπτα…πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν 1 to Zarephath … to a widow woman The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 l225 translate-names εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας 1 to Zarephath in Sidon **Zarephath** is the name of a city, and **Sidon** is the name of the region where it is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 27 l226 figs-activepassive οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were healed except If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 27 l227 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were healed except If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
|
@ -684,8 +684,8 @@ LUK 4 27 l229 figs-explicit Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian The
|
|||
LUK 4 27 mbs2 translate-names Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian **Naaman** is the name of a man, and **Syrian** is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l230 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 ca1k figs-explicit ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα 1 all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l231 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all…were filled with rage If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l232 figs-personification ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all…were filled with rage Luke speaks figuratively of the people’s **rage** as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l231 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all … were filled with rage If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l232 figs-personification ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all … were filled with rage Luke speaks figuratively of the people’s **rage** as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 4 29 l233 figs-activepassive τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις ᾠκοδόμητο αὐτῶν 1 the hill on which their town was built If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the hill on which people had built their town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 29 l234 figs-explicit ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν 1 so as to throw him off The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 30 k7dg διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν 1 passing through the midst of them Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
|
||||
|
@ -894,9 +894,9 @@ LUK 6 12 l7by figs-explicit ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρ
|
|||
LUK 6 13 vep8 ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα 1 when day came Alternate translation: “the next morning”
|
||||
LUK 6 13 j9w7 writing-pronouns ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα 1 he chose 12 from them The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “he chose 12 of those disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 6 13 zgh6 οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν 1 whom he also named apostles The term **apostles** comes from a Greek word that originally meant “messengers” or “delegates.” It took on a specialized meaning within the community of Jesus’ followers to mean the 12 men whom Jesus chose to be his authoritative representatives. Many languages have borrowed the Greek word to use in this sense. But if your language has developed its own special term for this role, use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he appointed them to be apostles”
|
||||
LUK 6 14 l290 translate-names Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…Ἰάκωβον…Ἰωάννην…Φίλιππον…Βαρθολομαῖον 1 Simon…Peter…Andrew…James…John…Philip…Bartholomew These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 14 l290 translate-names Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…Ἰάκωβον…Ἰωάννην…Φίλιππον…Βαρθολομαῖον 1 Simon … Peter … Andrew … James … John … Philip … Bartholomew These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 14 zdq3 writing-pronouns Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother Andrew The pronoun **his** refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 l291 translate-names Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα 1 Matthew…Thomas…James…Alphaeus…Simon These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 l291 translate-names Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα 1 Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 l292 figs-explicit Μαθθαῖον 1 Matthew **Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 et48 translate-names Ζηλωτὴν 1 the Zealot The term **Zealot** could mean one of two things. (1) It could be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) It could be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 16 l293 translate-names Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου 1 Judas son of James **Judas** is the name of a man, and **James** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ LUK 6 17 i5gv writing-pronouns μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them In this contex
|
|||
LUK 6 17 l295 figs-hyperbole ἀπὸ πάσης 1 from all This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 6 18 dpj5 figs-activepassive ἰαθῆναι 1 to be healed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 18 wfm9 figs-activepassive καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο 1 And those who were troubled by unclean spirits were being healed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 19 l296 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας 1 the whole crowd…everyone In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 6 19 l296 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας 1 the whole crowd … everyone In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 6 19 y2cl figs-personification δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας 1 power was coming out from him and healing everyone Luke speaks figuratively of this **power** as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 l297 figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 he lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 ymg7 figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 Blessed are This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -943,13 +943,13 @@ LUK 6 27 l5rz writing-participants ἀλλὰ ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀ
|
|||
LUK 6 27 pz5r figs-parallelism ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 love your enemies and do good to those who hate you These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies in what way followers of Jesus are to **love** their enemies. They are to do this in a practical way by helping them. Alternate translation: “do good things for people even if they are hostile to you” or “show love to your enemies who hate you by doing things to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 6 28 c83m figs-parallelism εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, προσεύχεσθε περὶ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς 1 Bless those who curse you and pray for those who mistreat you These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single phrase. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies one way in which followers of Jesus can **bless** people who mistreat them. They can pray for them. Alternate translation: “Ask God to bless people who say and do bad things to you” or “Say good things to people who say bad things to you, and even if someone treats you badly, pray that God will help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 a7ri figs-hypo τῷ τύπτοντί σε ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα, πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 To the one who strikes you on the cheek, offer also the other Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone hits you on one side of your face. Then turn your face so that he could also strike the other side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 l308 figs-youcrowd σε…σου 1 you…your Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 l308 figs-youcrowd σε…σου 1 you … your Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 d5qi ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα 1 on the cheek Alternate translation: “on one side of your face”
|
||||
LUK 6 29 eq83 figs-explicit πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 offer also the other It may be helpful to state the implicit purpose of this action. Alternate translation: “turn your face so that he could also strike the other side, to show that you do not want to fight and you are not resisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 l309 figs-hypo ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς 1 from the one who takes away your cloak, also do not withhold your tunic Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away your cloak. Then give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 ic4n figs-litotes καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς 1 also do not withhold your tunic Here Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 6 30 d8y6 figs-hypo παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου 1 Give to everyone who asks you Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you for something. Then give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 6 30 l310 figs-youcrowd σε…σὰ 1 you…yours Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 30 l310 figs-youcrowd σε…σὰ 1 you … yours Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 30 ts8c figs-hypo ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ, μὴ ἀπαίτει 1 from the one who takes away what is yours, do not ask for it back Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away something that is yours. Then do not demand that he give it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 6 31 te6e καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως 1 as you desire that men would do to you, do the same to them In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You should treat people in the way that you would want them to treat you”
|
||||
LUK 6 31 l311 figs-gendernotations καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 as you desire that men would do to you Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “what you wish people would do for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ LUK 6 40 l324 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸ
|
|||
LUK 6 40 a6ym figs-activepassive κατηρτισμένος…πᾶς 1 everyone having been fully trained If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l7vj figs-rquestion τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 jpt3 figs-metaphor τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l325 figs-youcrowd βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 you look…your…you do not notice…your own Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l325 figs-youcrowd βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 you look … your … you do not notice … your own Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 j1r5 translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 the speck of wood If your readers would not be familiar with **wood**, in your translation you can use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 ud6q figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 of your brother The term **brother** figuratively refers to a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l326 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 your brother This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
@ -1106,10 +1106,10 @@ LUK 7 21 a7sm figs-ellipsis ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ ν
|
|||
LUK 7 21 l370 figs-hendiadys νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων 1 sicknesses and afflictions The phrase **sicknesses and afflictions** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **afflictions** describes the effect of the **sicknesses** on the people who had them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sicknesses that they were suffering from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 7 21 l371 τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν 1 to many blind people he granted to see Alternate translation: “he enabled many blind people to see again”
|
||||
LUK 7 22 lcm2 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering he said to them Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that after healing and delivering many people, Jesus responded to the question that John’s messengers had asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the messengers whom John had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 l372 figs-youdual πορευθέντες…εἴδετε 1 you have gone…you have seen Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 fvz7 figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed…the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel If it would be clearer in your language, you could say all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 l372 figs-youdual πορευθέντες…εἴδετε 1 you have gone … you have seen Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 fvz7 figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel If it would be clearer in your language, you could say all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 l373 figs-explicit λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 qbe3 figs-nominaladj κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 the deaf…the dead…the poor Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf…people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 qbe3 figs-nominaladj κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 the deaf … the dead … the poor Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 7 23 y4px figs-activepassive μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 blessed is anyone who is not offended by me If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 23 i7zh figs-litotes μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 who is not offended by me Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 24 abcd writing-pronouns ἤρξατο λέγειν 1 he began to say Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ LUK 7 26 r7ud figs-idiom περισσότερον προφήτου 1 more than a
|
|||
LUK 7 27 cg3r figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 This is he concerning whom it is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 wt2m figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold God, speaking through the prophet Malachi, uses the term **behold** to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 s8hg figs-metaphor πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation, as in UST: “ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 cc5u figs-you σου…σου 1 your…you The words **your** and **you** are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 cc5u figs-you σου…σου 1 your … you The words **your** and **you** are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 l378 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 who will prepare your way before you As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 28 yz6b λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
|
||||
LUK 7 28 rr11 figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ LUK 7 34 l382 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son o
|
|||
LUK 7 34 s1um figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 you say, ‘Behold, a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and of sinners!’ Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he eats and drinks too much and that he is a friend of tax collectors and sinners” or (if you used the first person for the title “Son of Man”) “you say that I eat and drink too much and that I am a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 l383 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 am9s ἄνθρωπος φάγος 1 a man, a glutton Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
|
||||
LUK 7 34 chu4 ἄνθρωπος…οἰνοπότης 1 a man,…a drunkard Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
LUK 7 34 chu4 ἄνθρωπος…οἰνοπότης 1 a man, … a drunkard Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
LUK 7 35 ba4g writing-proverbs ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
LUK 7 35 l384 figs-idiom ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 35 l385 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1193,13 +1193,13 @@ LUK 7 43 zqz4 ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας 1 You have judged correctly Alternat
|
|||
LUK 7 44 s7g6 translate-symaction στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα 1 he turned to the woman Jesus **turned to the woman** in order to direct Simon’s attention to her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned to the woman so that Simon would look at her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 l395 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα? 1 Do you see this woman? Jesus does not expect Simon to tell him whether he can **see** the **woman**. Rather, he is using the question as a teaching tool, to focus Simon’s attention on her as an example of showing love and gratitude. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to consider this woman.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 mw7d figs-explicit ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδωκας 1 You did not give me water for my feet It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide **water** and a towel for guests to wash and dry their **feet** after walking on dusty roads. Alternate translation: “You did not provide me with anything to wash my feet, as a considerate host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 mw58 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not give…but she In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 mw58 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not give … but she In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 am5z figs-explicit αὕτη…τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας 1 she has wet my feet with her tears The woman used **her tears** in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 ld62 figs-explicit καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν 1 and wiped them with her hair The woman used **her hair** in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 45 xj92 figs-explicit φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας 1 You did not give me a kiss It was customary in this culture for a host to greet a guest with a **kiss** on the cheek. Simon did not do this for Jesus. Alternate translation: “You did not greet me with a kiss on the cheek, as a welcoming host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 45 r2jj figs-doublenegatives οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας 1 has not stopped kissing my feet If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **stopped**. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 7 45 u3er translate-symaction οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας 1 has not stopped kissing my feet The woman kissed the **feet** of Jesus, rather than his cheek, as a sign of extreme repentance and humility. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet to show her repentance and humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 7 46 j8wj grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not anoint…but she Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 46 j8wj grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not anoint … but she Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 46 le9a figs-explicit ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου οὐκ ἤλειψας 1 You did not anoint my head with oil It was the custom in this culture to welcome an honored guest by pouring refreshing olive **oil** on his **head**. Alternate translation: “You did not welcome me by pouring oil on my head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 46 g6va translate-symaction ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας μου 1 has anointed my feet The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility and expressed her own sense of unworthiness by anointing his **feet** instead of his head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has anointed my feet to show her humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 7 47 kwc5 λέγω σοι 1 I say to you This phrase emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this”
|
||||
|
@ -1225,8 +1225,8 @@ LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀ
|
|||
LUK 8 2 jq4g translate-names Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 n4x6 figs-activepassive Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 l404 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει 1 from whom seven demons had gone out The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 tfz5 translate-names Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα 1 Joanna…Susanna These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 w9kl translate-names Χουζᾶ…Ἡρῴδου 1 Chuza…Herod These are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 tfz5 translate-names Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα 1 Joanna … Susanna These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 w9kl translate-names Χουζᾶ…Ἡρῴδου 1 Chuza … Herod These are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 l405 ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρῴδου 1 Herod’s manager Alternate translation: “the man who managed King Herod’s household affairs”
|
||||
LUK 8 3 k9m5 figs-idiom διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς 1 serving them out of their possessions This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “were personally providing what Jesus and his 12 apostles needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 8 4 r1qk writing-pronouns ἐπιπορευομένων πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 coming to him Here the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “coming to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ LUK 8 18 ihh9 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ
|
|||
LUK 8 19 l423 grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 Then Luke uses **then** to introduce a new event and to indicate that it came after the event he has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 8 19 dw3m οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers These were Jesus' younger brothers. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you can use it here.
|
||||
LUK 8 20 wr4t figs-activepassive ἀπηγγέλη…αὐτῷ 1 it was reported to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 20 l424 figs-you σου…σου…σε 1 your…your…you Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, **your** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 8 20 l424 figs-you σου…σου…σε 1 your … your … you Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, **your** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 8 20 un5d ἰδεῖν θέλοντές σε 1 wanting to see you Alternate translation: “and they would like to see you”
|
||||
LUK 8 21 l425 figs-hendiadys ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 But answering he said to them Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the information that people gave him. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 8 21 b97u figs-metaphor μήτηρ μου καὶ ἀδελφοί μου, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες 1 My mother and my brothers are those who hear and do the word of God Jesus means figuratively that people who believe and obey the message from God become like a family to one another. Alternate translation: “Those who hear the word of God and obey it are like a mother and brothers to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ LUK 8 50 l466 writing-pronouns ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ 1 he answered him Th
|
|||
LUK 8 50 ej1b σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
|
||||
LUK 8 50 l467 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 51 gl9g figs-synecdoche ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 when he came to the house Luke figuratively says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “when they arrived at the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 8 51 qal2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀφῆκεν…τινα…εἰ μὴ 1 he did not allow anyone…except If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 8 51 qal2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀφῆκεν…τινα…εἰ μὴ 1 he did not allow anyone … except If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 8 51 i4v1 τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς 1 the father of the child The phrase **the father of the child** refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
|
||||
LUK 8 52 tt9v translate-symaction ἔκλαιον…πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν 1 they were all wailing and mourning for her This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as **mourning** could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in [18:13](../18/13.md). If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 8 52 l468 οὐ…ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 she has not died, but sleeps Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
|
||||
|
@ -1494,8 +1494,8 @@ LUK 9 22 l493 figs-idiom καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆν
|
|||
LUK 9 23 h1u1 πρὸς πάντας 1 to them all Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
|
||||
LUK 9 23 h46s figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 come after me To follow or to **come after** Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 23 fnk7 ἀρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 let him deny himself Alternate translation: “he must forsake his own desires”
|
||||
LUK 9 23 l494 figs-explicit ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 let him…take up his cross daily The image is of a condemned prisoner being forced to carry the cross on which he would be crucified to the place where he would be executed. Luke assumes that his readers will recognize this image from their own culture. But if it would not be familiar to your readers, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 23 h7j1 figs-metaphor ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 let him…take up his cross daily To **take up** a **cross** figuratively represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 23 l494 figs-explicit ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 let him … take up his cross daily The image is of a condemned prisoner being forced to carry the cross on which he would be crucified to the place where he would be executed. Luke assumes that his readers will recognize this image from their own culture. But if it would not be familiar to your readers, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 23 h7j1 figs-metaphor ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 let him … take up his cross daily To **take up** a **cross** figuratively represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 23 pk72 figs-metaphor καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 and follow me Here, to **follow** Jesus means to obey him. Alternate translation: "and obey me in that way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 24 l495 figs-idiom ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 but whoever would lose his life for my sake This phrase is an idiom. Jesus is not encouraging his disciples to do self-destructive things. Alternate translation: “but whoever is willing to give up everything for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 25 lx8i figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς? 1 For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but losing or destroying himself? Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him what benefit this would be. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would not benefit a person to get everything he wanted in this world and yet be lost eternally.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ LUK 9 32 tw7e figs-explicit εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 they s
|
|||
LUK 9 32 tsj6 καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ 1 and the two men who were standing with him The phrase **the two men** refers to Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “and they also saw Moses and Elijah”
|
||||
LUK 9 33 l504 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 npk9 writing-pronouns ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 as they were going away from him The pronoun **they** refers to Moses and Elijah, not to the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Moses and Elijah were about to leave Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 l505 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 for us…let us make Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says **for us**, he likely means "all six of us." So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive "us," use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says **let us**, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of "us" in that case.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 l505 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 for us … let us make Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says **for us**, he likely means "all six of us." So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive "us," use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says **let us**, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of "us" in that case.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 mby6 translate-unknown σκηνὰς 1 tents The term **tents** means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he and the other two disciples would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. Alternate translation: “shelters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 l506 μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει 1 not knowing what he says To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “He did not know what he was saying”
|
||||
LUK 9 34 ct1w writing-pronouns ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 as he was saying this Alternate translation: “While Peter was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ LUK 9 36 l507 ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν 1 when the voice
|
|||
LUK 9 36 l508 figs-idiom εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος 1 Jesus was found alone The term **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 l509 figs-activepassive εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος 1 Jesus was found alone If it would be clearer in your language, you could say **Jesus was found alone** with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 v9uy figs-doublet αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν 1 they were silent and told no one These two phrases mean the same thing. (The Greek verb in the first phrase does not always mean to make no sound. It can also mean to keep a secret.) Luke uses the two phrases together for emphasis. In your translation, you could also use repetition for emphasis, or, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “they kept it a secret and did not tell anyone” or “they said nothing about it to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 l510 figs-doublenegatives οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐδὲν 1 told no one…anything Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 l510 figs-doublenegatives οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐδὲν 1 told no one … anything Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 l511 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Here Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 37 q5f5 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 9 38 l512 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ LUK 9 44 ygr3 figs-123person ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μ
|
|||
LUK 9 44 l520 figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι 1 the Son of Man is going to be handed over See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 44 l521 figs-metaphor εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men The term **hands** figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 44 l522 figs-explicit εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men It may be helpful to make explicit who these **men** are. Alternate translation: ““to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 45 l523 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο…περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου 1 this word…about this word Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 45 l523 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο…περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου 1 this word … about this word Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 45 ub1r figs-activepassive ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 it was hidden from them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 46 dh3w writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 among them Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the pronoun **them** does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the **greatest**. Alternate translation: “among the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 9 46 l524 τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 1 which of them might be the greatest Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
|
||||
|
@ -1577,13 +1577,13 @@ LUK 9 48 mav1 figs-metaphor ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 welcomes me This is a meta
|
|||
LUK 9 48 awc6 figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 48 zw5t figs-gendernotations οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας 1 he is great Here Jesus uses the pronoun **he** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that is the person whom God considers to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 uwr3 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν 1 Then answering John said Together **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to what Jesus had just said. Alternate translation: “Then John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 bj41 figs-exclusive εἴδομέν…μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 we saw…with us When John says **we**, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says **us**, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, **us** would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 bj41 figs-exclusive εἴδομέν…μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 we saw … with us When John says **we**, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says **us**, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, **us** would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 py8i figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with them. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 l526 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 he does not follow with us In this case, to **follow** Jesus does not seem to mean to be one of his disciples, as in [5:27](../05/27.md), since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Rather, in this context it seems to refer to traveling together in this group with Jesus. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 50 hw85 figs-litotes μὴ κωλύετε 1 Do not prevent him Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 l527 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 c8gx figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ 1 when the days of his being taken up were being fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of these two passive forms, and in the second case you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to take him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 l528 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when the days…were being fulfilled Here Luke uses **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 l528 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when the days … were being fulfilled Here Luke uses **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 l529 figs-explicit τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ 1 of his being taken up The implication is that God would take Jesus back up to heaven, and the further implication is that this would be after Jesus died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one or both of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God to take him up to heaven” or “for him to die and for God to take him back up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 mq2d figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον ἐστήρισεν 1 he set his face **Set his face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he firmly decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 52 l530 figs-metaphor πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ 1 before his face The term **face** figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1671,16 +1671,16 @@ LUK 10 13 sf42 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σ
|
|||
LUK 10 13 l570 figs-idiom οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you, Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l571 figs-metonymy οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus is using the names of these cities to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l572 figs-you οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so **you** is singular in both cases. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l573 translate-names Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Chorazin…Bethsaida These are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l573 translate-names Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Chorazin … Bethsaida These are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 mvq5 figs-hypo ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l574 figs-explicit ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l575 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l576 translate-names Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon **Tyre** and **Sidon** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l577 figs-youdual αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the mighty works that happened in you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 it4x translate-symaction ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented…sitting in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l578 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon…than for you Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 ikt3 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon…than for you Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l579 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon…than for you It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 it4x translate-symaction ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented … sitting in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l578 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 ikt3 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l579 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 txw5 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l580 figs-youdual ὑμῖν 1 you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 h28u figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is speaking figuratively to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
|
@ -1690,8 +1690,8 @@ LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρα
|
|||
LUK 10 15 l582 figs-metonymy σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus uses the name of this city to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l583 figs-you σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l584 translate-names Καφαρναούμ 1 Capernaum **Capernaum** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l585 figs-activepassive ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will…be exalted to heaven If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l586 figs-explicit ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will…be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l585 figs-activepassive ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l586 figs-explicit ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l587 figs-metaphor τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It figuratively indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), figuratively means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 bjh5 figs-activepassive τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l588 figs-explicit τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1730,9 +1730,9 @@ LUK 10 22 e47e figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τ
|
|||
LUK 10 22 l600 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows who the Son is except the Father If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 six4 γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
|
||||
LUK 10 22 xm3s figs-123person γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 fp68 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς…ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Son…the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 rkt2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows…who the Father is except the Son If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows who the Father is” or “only I know who the Father is” or “only I am acquainted with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 zg14 γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 knows…who the Father is Here the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Father” or “am acquainted with the Father”
|
||||
LUK 10 22 fp68 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς…ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Son … the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 rkt2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows … who the Father is except the Son If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows who the Father is” or “only I know who the Father is” or “only I am acquainted with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 zg14 γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 knows … who the Father is Here the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Father” or “am acquainted with the Father”
|
||||
LUK 10 22 evw3 ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 to whomever the Son desires to reveal him Alternate translation: “whoever the Son wants to introduce the Father to” or (if you translated in the first person) “whoever I want to introduce the Father to”
|
||||
LUK 10 23 yd5s figs-explicit καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς κατ’ ἰδίαν, εἶπεν 1 And having turned around to the disciples, he said privately The implication is that a crowd was present when the 72 disciples returned to report to Jesus what they had done, and that this crowd heard what Jesus told them and what he prayed to God. But now Jesus is speaking only to the disciples in a way that the crowd will not be able to hear him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, in the direction of his disciples so that only they could hear him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 23 l601 figs-synecdoche μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε 1 Blessed are the eyes that see what you see Jesus is using the term **eyes** to describe these disciples by reference to one part of them, the part they are using to witness the great works that reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ LUK 10 36 v31w πλησίον…γεγονέναι 1 became a neighbor Alternat
|
|||
LUK 10 36 kv4z figs-idiom τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς 1 the one who fell among the robbers As in [10:30](../10/30.md), be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 10 37 ig9x figs-explicit πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως 1 You go and do likewise The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could also indicate what **do likewise** means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 kv4q writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 And as they were traveling along Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 l621 figs-synecdoche αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν 1 he entered…welcomed him Luke figuratively says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 l621 figs-synecdoche αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν 1 he entered … welcomed him Luke figuratively says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 i17j writing-participants γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα 1 and a certain woman named Martha This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 l622 translate-names Μάρθα 1 Martha **Martha** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 39 l623 writing-participants καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 And she had a sister called Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ LUK 10 41 l628 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτ
|
|||
LUK 10 41 l629 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 10 41 dsw3 Μάρθα, Μάρθα 1 Martha, Martha Jesus repeats Martha’s name for emphasis. Alternate translation: “My dear Martha”
|
||||
LUK 10 41 l630 figs-doublet μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά 1 you are anxious and troubled about many things The terms **anxious** and **troubled** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you are worrying too much about things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 10 41 l631 figs-activepassive θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά 1 you are…troubled about many things If you do not combine the term for **troubled** with the word **anxious** into a single phrase, you could say **are … troubled** with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are … letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 41 l631 figs-activepassive θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά 1 you are … troubled about many things If you do not combine the term for **troubled** with the word **anxious** into a single phrase, you could say **are … troubled** with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are … letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 42 hqt4 figs-hyperbole ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία 1 but one thing is necessary Jesus says **one thing** as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 10 42 l632 figs-explicit ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία 1 but one thing is necessary The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 42 l633 Μαριὰμ…τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο 1 Mary has chosen the good part While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
|
||||
|
@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ LUK 11 2 l638 figs-youformal σου 1 your Here, **your** is singular because Je
|
|||
LUK 11 3 q89w figs-imperative δίδου ἡμῖν 1 Give us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 11 3 l639 figs-exclusive δίδου ἡμῖν 1 Give us Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word **us** would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 3 s6qp figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 our daily bread Jesus refers figuratively to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 11 4 iid7 figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν…μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς 1 forgive us…may you not lead us These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 11 4 iid7 figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν…μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς 1 forgive us … may you not lead us These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 11 4 wi99 figs-metaphor παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν 1 everyone who owes us Jesus uses the image of being in debt figuratively to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 4 db55 μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 may you not lead us into temptation You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
|
||||
LUK 11 5 l640 figs-hypo τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου 1 Which of you will have a friend, and will go to him at midnight Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
@ -1840,15 +1840,15 @@ LUK 11 6 l643 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπειδὴ 1 since The speaker us
|
|||
LUK 11 6 zl5w figs-metonymy παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με 1 my friend has come to me from the road The speaker uses the term **road** figuratively to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 zp7j figs-hyperbole ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 l731 figs-explicit ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him There are two other possibilities for why the speaker says this. (1) The issue could be, as UST implies, that while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) The implication may be that the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l644 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ 1 answering…he may say The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l644 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ 1 answering … he may say The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l645 figs-quotesinquotes εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι 1 he may say, ‘Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l646 figs-activepassive ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται 1 The door has already been shut If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 vhf7 figs-hyperbole οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς 1 I am not able to get up The friend inside is not literally incapable of getting up. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “It would be very difficult for me to get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 11 8 zl2k figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Even though Jesus began this hypothetical situation by asking “which of you,” that is, “which one of you,” here he is addressing all of the disciples together, not the hypothetical single disciple who might go to a friend’s house at midnight. So here, the word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 11 8 prx6 figs-abstractnouns διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ 1 yet because of his persistence If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **persistence** with a verb such as “continue.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to ask him urgently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 11 8 l647 ἐγερθεὶς 1 he will rise up Alternate translation: “getting out of bed”
|
||||
LUK 11 9 j4ef figs-you ὑμῖν λέγω…ὑμῖν…εὑρήσετε…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you…to you…you will find…to you In the first instance in this verse, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, **you** is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 l648 figs-explicit αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε 1 ask…seek It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 j4ef figs-you ὑμῖν λέγω…ὑμῖν…εὑρήσετε…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you … to you … you will find … to you In the first instance in this verse, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, **you** is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 l648 figs-explicit αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε 1 ask … seek It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 i7j9 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be given to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 l1f6 translate-unknown κρούετε 1 knock To **knock** at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 l649 figs-metaphor κρούετε 1 knock Jesus is using the expression **knock** figuratively to mean getting someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “seek God’s attention in prayer” or “let God know you are depending on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1886,8 +1886,8 @@ LUK 11 17 rc4h figs-metonymy οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει 1 hou
|
|||
LUK 11 17 ze6p figs-metaphor πίπτει 1 falls This image of a house collapsing figuratively depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 jd5t figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l663 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 i74u figs-synecdoche εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is…divided against himself Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer figuratively to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l664 figs-activepassive εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is…divided against himself If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 i74u figs-synecdoche εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer figuratively to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l664 figs-activepassive εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l665 figs-metaphor πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 how will his kingdom stand? Jesus asks figuratively how a **kingdom** could **stand** as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 vnt9 figs-explicit ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια 1 For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered Beelzebul to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l666 translate-names Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul See how you translated the name **Beelzebul** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ LUK 11 30 il7p figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son
|
|||
LUK 11 30 l732 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 30 ax7q figs-metonymy τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 to this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “to the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 t1mw translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 The Queen of the South This means the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 bx3c translate-symaction ἐγερθήσεται…μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will stand up…with the men of this generation In this culture, a person would **stand up** to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 bx3c translate-symaction ἐγερθήσεται…μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will stand up … with the men of this generation In this culture, a person would **stand up** to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 l688 ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 in the judgment Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
|
||||
LUK 11 31 l689 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 the men of this generation Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 rnq9 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ LUK 11 31 cwa7 figs-123person πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greate
|
|||
LUK 11 31 p75h figs-explicit πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greater than Solomon is here It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 pkh5 figs-explicit ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh It may be helpful to state explicitly that **Nineveh** refers to the ancient city of **Nineveh**. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 g456 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες 1 The men Here, **men** is generic and includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l693 translate-symaction ἀναστήσονται…μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will rise up…with this generation Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l693 translate-symaction ἀναστήσονται…μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will rise up … with this generation Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l694 ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 in the judgment Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
|
||||
LUK 11 32 uwp5 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l695 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ LUK 11 37 x6nx translate-unknown ἀνέπεσεν 1 reclined to eat It was the
|
|||
LUK 11 38 bm8j figs-explicit οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη 1 he did not first wash The Pharisees had a rule that people had to **wash** their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 l704 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 11 39 xf4e figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl, but the inside of you is full of greed and evil It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl figuratively in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “You Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 zkq7 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε 1 you…clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you … always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 zkq7 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε 1 you … clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you … always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 b8gj figs-abstractnouns τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 but the inside of you is full of greed and evil If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **greed** and **evil** with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 11 40 zq4l figs-nominaladj ἄφρονες 1 You foolish ones Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 40 g39h figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν? 1 Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside? Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1992,7 +1992,7 @@ LUK 11 42 ans4 figs-explicit ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον,
|
|||
LUK 11 42 p71g translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον 1 the mint and the rue These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what **mint** and **rue** are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 11 42 l25z figs-hyperbole πᾶν λάχανον 1 every garden herb This does not mean every **herb** that exists, but every **herb** that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 11 42 yk7d τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the justice and the love of God Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
|
||||
LUK 11 42 l707 ταῦτα…κἀκεῖνα 1 these things, and…those things By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
|
||||
LUK 11 42 l707 ταῦτα…κἀκεῖνα 1 these things, and … those things By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
|
||||
LUK 11 42 myv2 figs-doublenegatives κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι 1 and not to neglect those things If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 11 43 w6pv figs-idiom τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν 1 the first seats This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 11 43 sz72 figs-explicit τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς 1 the greetings The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ LUK 11 44 l709 figs-gendernotations καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περ
|
|||
LUK 11 44 h9x7 figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 44 l710 figs-metaphor οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness figuratively to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in [11:42](../11/42.md) that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l711 ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Then answering one of the lawyers says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l712 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…λέγει 1 answering…says Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l712 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…λέγει 1 answering … says Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 u1vv writing-participants τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l713 translate-unknown τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers See how you translated this in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l714 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
|
@ -2022,12 +2022,12 @@ LUK 11 49 c97g figs-personification ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν
|
|||
LUK 11 49 lda4 figs-explicit ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 I will send to them prophets and apostles, and some of them they will kill and persecute Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 w1fh figs-hendiadys ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 kill and persecute Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **persecute** may be telling why and how the people would **kill** the prophets. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 pi6u figs-explicit ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that the blood of all the prophets that has been shed from the foundation of the world may be required from this generation The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l720 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ…ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that…may be required from this generation If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l721 figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood…that has been shed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 d1rf figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood…that has been shed Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** figuratively by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l720 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ…ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that … may be required from this generation If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l721 figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood … that has been shed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 d1rf figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood … that has been shed Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** figuratively by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l722 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l723 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 l724 figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 the blood of Abel…the blood of Zechariah Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel…the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men figuratively by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 l724 figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men figuratively by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 l725 translate-names Ἂβελ 1 Abel **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the son of Adam, the first man, and God commended him for doing what was right. His brother Cain murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 jes7 translate-names Ζαχαρίου 1 Zechariah **Zechariah** is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See 2 Chronicles [24:21](../2ch/24/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 l726 figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου 1 the house Jesus figuratively calls the temple the **house**, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2067,7 +2067,7 @@ LUK 12 3 rmx8 translate-unknown ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 upon the house
|
|||
LUK 12 4 m6t7 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου 1 But I say to you, my friends Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, about not being afraid. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you, friends”
|
||||
LUK 12 4 l743 figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα 1 the body Jesus speaks figuratively about a person by association with **the body**, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 4 vc8j μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι 1 do not have anything more to do Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
|
||||
LUK 12 5 fsr4 figs-explicit φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν 1 Fear the one who…has authority The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 5 fsr4 figs-explicit φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν 1 Fear the one who … has authority The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 5 us3x μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 after having killed Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “after a person dies”
|
||||
LUK 12 5 l744 translate-names Γέενναν 1 Gehenna **Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 12 5 ric8 figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Gehenna Jesus figuratively uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ LUK 12 10 p9g7 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 it will not be
|
|||
LUK 12 11 f2j9 figs-explicit ὅταν…εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 when they bring you The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 11 c1rk figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 to the synagogues Jesus is referring figuratively to local Jewish tribunals by reference to the place where they met, in **synagogues**. Alternate translation: “to be tried by local Jewish tribunals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 11 gm94 figs-doublet τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας 1 the rulers, and the authorities These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis. He is referring to officials of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the officials whom the Romans have appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 12 12 l761 τὸ…Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς…ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖ 1 the Holy Spirit will teach you…what is necessary to say Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
|
||||
LUK 12 12 l761 τὸ…Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς…ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖ 1 the Holy Spirit will teach you … what is necessary to say Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
|
||||
LUK 12 12 gz6v figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “in that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 13 i2vi writing-participants εἶπεν δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῷ 1 Then someone from the crowd said to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a man who was there in the crowd said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 12 13 l762 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
|
@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ LUK 12 33 u258 translate-unknown σὴς 1 moth A **moth** is a small insect tha
|
|||
LUK 12 34 ad29 figs-metaphor ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται 1 where your treasure is, there your heart will be also Jesus speaks figuratively of a person’s **heart** and **treasure** being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 34 l790 figs-metaphor ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν 1 where your treasure is Jesus uses the word **treasure** figuratively to mean what a person values. Alternate translation: “the things you value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 34 r26g figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται 1 your heart will be also Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “are the things you will think about and want to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 34 l791 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your…your Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 12 34 l791 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 c4j1 figs-parables ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 Let your loins be girded To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand. ‘Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 nk2x translate-unknown ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 let your loins be girded People in this culture wore long flowing robes. They would wrap the lower part of the robe around their hips to keep it out of the way while they engaged in physical activity. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 l792 figs-activepassive ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 let your loins be girded If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ LUK 12 37 xiv7 οὓς ἐλθὼν, ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγ
|
|||
LUK 12 37 l801 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
|
||||
LUK 12 37 s3yd figs-explicit παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς 1 he will come and serve them The implication is that because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 38 l802 κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ 1 Even if he comes in the second, or even in the third watch Alternate translation: “Even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night”
|
||||
LUK 12 38 x25s translate-unknown ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ…φυλακῇ 1 in the second…watch The **second watch** of the night was from 9:00 p.m. until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 38 x25s translate-unknown ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ…φυλακῇ 1 in the second … watch The **second watch** of the night was from 9:00 p.m. until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 38 qa35 translate-unknown κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ 1 or even in the third watch The **third watch** was from midnight until 3:00 a.m. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 38 l803 καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι 1 and finds them thus, blessed are those Alternate translation: “how good it will be for servants whom he finds waiting for him” or “how good it will be for servants who are ready when he returns”
|
||||
LUK 12 39 l804 τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε 1 But understand this Jesus says this to encourage his disciples to think carefully about what he is going to tell them. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to think carefully about this”
|
||||
|
@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ LUK 12 43 h35t ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσε
|
|||
LUK 12 44 i2cq ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
|
||||
LUK 12 44 y47s ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν 1 he will appoint him over all his possessions Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
|
||||
LUK 12 45 cu5k figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 But if that servant says in his heart, ‘My master delays to return’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 l812 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἄρξηται 1 But if that servant says in his heart…and begins The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 l812 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἄρξηται 1 But if that servant says in his heart … and begins The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 aku7 figs-metaphor εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 l813 χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 My master delays to return Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
|
||||
LUK 12 45 juc5 figs-merism τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας 1 the male servants and the female servants Jesus is figuratively using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ LUK 12 46 j1m1 figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ,
|
|||
LUK 12 46 l815 figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ 1 in a day that he does not expect Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l816 figs-idiom ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 in an hour that he does not know Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 vg1d figs-metaphor διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 will cut him in two Jesus likely means this expression figuratively, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l817 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει 1 will…appoint his place with the unfaithful The term **unfaithful** likely means “untrustworthy.” The meaning seems to be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted”
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l817 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει 1 will … appoint his place with the unfaithful The term **unfaithful** likely means “untrustworthy.” The meaning seems to be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted”
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l818 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀπίστων 1 the unfaithful Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 47 p1l2 figs-hypo ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς 1 Now that servant, the one who knew the will of his master, and did not get ready or do according to his will, will be beaten much Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 47 aj41 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 the will of his master Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
|
||||
|
@ -2263,8 +2263,8 @@ LUK 12 50 l824 figs-activepassive ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ 1 until it i
|
|||
LUK 12 51 s32r figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ? 1 Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth? Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l825 figs-metonymy δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ 1 Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth Jesus says **the earth** figuratively to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l826 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ 1 to give peace on the earth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l827 figs-ellipsis οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No…but rather division Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 np4v figs-abstractnouns οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No…but rather division If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l827 figs-ellipsis οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No … but rather division Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 np4v figs-abstractnouns οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No … but rather division If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l828 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand”
|
||||
LUK 12 52 vrt5 figs-metonymy πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ 1 five in one house Jesus uses the term **house** to refer figuratively to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 52 l829 figs-activepassive διαμεμερισμένοι 1 divided If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ LUK 12 56 y3yj figs-rquestion τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον, πῶς
|
|||
LUK 12 57 w8rz figs-rquestion τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν, οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον? 1 And why do you not even judge for yourselves what is right? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ought to discern on your own what is right.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 y75j figs-hypo ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα 1 For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 l838 figs-parables ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα 1 For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 f1ea figs-youcrowd ὑπάγεις…σου…σε 1 you are going…your…you Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 f1ea figs-youcrowd ὑπάγεις…σου…σε 1 you are going … your … you Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 t4v8 translate-unknown τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου 1 your adversary In the context of this story, the term **adversary** means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the **adversary** is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 e7hz translate-unknown ἄρχοντα 1 the magistrate **Magistrate** is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 b7sh figs-activepassive ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be released from him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ LUK 13 12 l860 figs-idiom γύναι 1 Woman Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](
|
|||
LUK 13 12 h6ne figs-declarative ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου 1 you are released from your weakness By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 13 12 l29y figs-activepassive γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου 1 you are released from your weakness If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 13 k3k1 figs-activepassive ἀνωρθώθη 1 she was straightened up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 14 d8ir figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…ἔλεγεν 1 answering…said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 13 14 d8ir figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…ἔλεγεν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 13 14 ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι 1 There are six days in which it is necessary to work Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
|
||||
LUK 13 14 ai1f figs-activepassive ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε 1 come and be healed on them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 14 qap4 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 the day of the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
|
||||
|
@ -2388,9 +2388,9 @@ LUK 13 23 l876 figs-explicit ὁ…εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he said
|
|||
LUK 13 24 i39q figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας 1 Struggle to enter through the narrow door Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 24 l877 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
|
||||
LUK 13 24 l878 figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural. The implied **you** in the command to **struggle** earlier in this verse is also plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 24 x137 figs-explicit πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν 1 many…will seek to enter, but will not be able The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 24 x137 figs-explicit πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν 1 many … will seek to enter, but will not be able The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 b35z figs-exmetaphor ἀφ’ οὗ ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης καὶ ἀποκλείσῃ τὴν θύραν 1 After the master of the house gets up and closes the door Jesus extends the metaphor of the **door** by speaking of God at the time of final judgment as if God were the owner of a house and the people he is addressing were outside the house trying to get in. Alternate translation: “After God has admitted everyone who is going to enter his kingdom and is not letting anyone else in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 gk3c figs-you ἄρξησθε…ὑμῖν…ὑμᾶς 1 you will begin…you…you Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 gk3c figs-you ἄρξησθε…ὑμῖν…ὑμᾶς 1 you will begin … you … you Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l879 figs-quotesinquotes κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 knock on the door, saying, ‘Lord, open for us’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 jqh7 translate-unknown κρούειν τὴν θύραν 1 knock on the door See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l880 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us The people knocking on the door mean themselves but not the owner of the house, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ LUK 13 26 l888 figs-you σου 1 you Since the people are addressing the owner a
|
|||
LUK 13 26 l889 figs-exclusive ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν 1 in our streets Within the extended metaphor, the people are addressing Jesus, who was not from their town, but who taught them as he traveled through. So the people would consider the streets to be theirs but not his, and **our** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l890 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ; ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας 1 he will speak, saying to you, ‘I do not know where you are from. Get away from me, all you workers of unrighteousness’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will reply that he does not know where you are from, and he will tell you to go away because you are evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l891 figs-explicitinfo ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν 1 he will speak, saying to you In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “he will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l892 figs-you ὑμῖν…πάντες 1 you…all you Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, **you** would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to **get away** would also be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l892 figs-you ὑμῖν…πάντες 1 you … all you Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, **you** would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to **get away** would also be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l893 figs-explicit οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ 1 I do not know where you are from This is a shorter version of what the house owner says at first. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the implicit meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 n39n ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Get away from me Alternate translation: “Go away from here”
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l894 ἐργάται ἀδικίας 1 workers of unrighteousness Alternate translation: “you evildoers”
|
||||
|
@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ LUK 13 35 l920 figs-pastforfuture ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑ
|
|||
LUK 13 35 w1v2 figs-metaphor ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you Jesus speaks figuratively of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l921 figs-activepassive ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l922 figs-explicit ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l923 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 your…you…you Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l923 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 your … you … you Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l924 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Take special note of this”
|
||||
LUK 13 35 x4y6 οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 you will certainly not see me until it comes when you say If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l925 ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 until it comes when you say The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could say that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say”
|
||||
|
@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ LUK 14 4 x4lq writing-pronouns ἐπιλαβόμενος 1 taking hold of him Al
|
|||
LUK 14 5 l934 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 5 rr5z figs-rquestion τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 Of which of you will a son or an ox fall into a well, and he will not immediately pull him out on the Sabbath day Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 6 cti5 οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα 1 they were not able to give an answer to these things Alternate translation: “There was nothing they could say in response”
|
||||
LUK 14 7 l935 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο 1 he was was speaking a parable…noticing how they were choosing the first places If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 l935 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο 1 he was was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 u86b figs-parables ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν 1 he was speaking a parable In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember.<br>Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 em4u figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who were invited If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 yd4g figs-metaphor τὰς πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first places The term **first** figuratively represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ LUK 14 11 eki7 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted If it
|
|||
LUK 14 12 p9hc τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν 1 the one who had invited him Alternate translation: “the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
|
||||
LUK 14 12 v4uk figs-you ὅταν ποιῇς 1 when you make Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word **you** is singular here, and **you** and **your** are singular in all of [14:12–14](../14/12.md), because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 gmh6 figs-hyperbole μὴ φώνει 1 do not invite Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l945 figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου…τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου 1 your brothers…your relatives The term **brothers** probably refers figuratively to close family members, while the term **relatives** likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l945 figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου…τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου 1 your brothers … your relatives The term **brothers** probably refers figuratively to close family members, while the term **relatives** likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l946 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers If **brothers** is a figurative term, then Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your close family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l947 μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε 1 lest they also invite you in return Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l948 γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι 1 and repayment happen to you Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “and they would repay you”
|
||||
|
@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ LUK 14 24 l966 μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 my supper By this expression, th
|
|||
LUK 14 25 l967 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 25 gv94 writing-newevent συνεπορεύοντο…αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 large crowds were journeying with him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l968 figs-idiom εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με, 1 If anyone comes to me This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l969 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 If anyone…does not hate…he is not able to be my disciple If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone … who loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l969 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone … who loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l985 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 rmt8 figs-hyperbole οὐ μισεῖ 1 does not hate Jesus is using the word **hate** figuratively as an exaggeration to say that his disciples are not to love other people and themselves more than they love Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not love me more than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 14 27 pm44 figs-doublenegatives ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 Whoever does not carry his cross and come after me is not able to be my disciple If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Whoever wants to be my disciple must carry his cross and follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ LUK 14 32 p5h6 τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 the things for peace Alternate
|
|||
LUK 14 33 is32 figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 every one of you who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses is not able to be my disciple If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 33 f2he ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν 1 who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses Alternate translation: “who is not willing to give up everything he owns”
|
||||
LUK 14 34 tz7c figs-parables καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας 1 Salt then is good To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 14 34 l979 figs-activepassive ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if the salt…is made tasteless If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 34 l979 figs-activepassive ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if the salt … is made tasteless If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 34 l980 figs-activepassive ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται 1 with what will it be seasoned If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 34 cz52 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται? 1 with what will it be seasoned? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 35 bp1b translate-unknown εἰς κοπρίαν 1 for the manure pile See how you translated this phrase in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ LUK 15 3 l988 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to in
|
|||
LUK 15 3 ill7 figs-parables εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 he spoke this parable to them Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 pxm3 figs-rquestion τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό? 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l989 figs-hypo τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 m048 figs-123person τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep…until he finds it Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 m048 figs-123person τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l990 figs-gendernotations τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Which man among you There are two possibilities here. (1) While all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) Since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l991 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀπολωλὸς 1 the lost one Here, Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show that. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 15 5 l992 figs-123person καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων 1 And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -2679,13 +2679,13 @@ LUK 15 21 m014 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν 1 before The term **before** figura
|
|||
LUK 15 21 qxg5 figs-activepassive οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 15 21 m015 figs-idiom κληθῆναι 1 to be called This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated it in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 m016 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας 1 But the father said to his servants, ‘Bring quickly the best robe, and put it on him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 m017 figs-you ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε 1 bring…clothe…put Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 nlx9 translate-symaction στολὴν τὴν πρώτην…δακτύλιον…ὑποδήματα 1 the first robe…a ring…sandals By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 m017 figs-you ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε 1 bring … clothe … put Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 nlx9 translate-symaction στολὴν τὴν πρώτην…δακτύλιον…ὑποδήματα 1 the first robe … a ring … sandals By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 b3hv figs-metaphor στολὴν τὴν πρώτην 1 the first robe As in [14:7](../14/07.md), here the word **first** figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best robe we have” or “the festive garment we save for special occasions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 m018 figs-synecdoche δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ 1 put a ring on his hand The father figuratively says **hand** to mean one part of the hand, a finger. Alternate translation: “put a ring on his finger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 xat6 figs-explicit ὑποδήματα 1 sandals At this time, people who could afford them wore **sandals**. Poorer people went barefoot. The modern equivalent in many cultures would be shoes. Alternate translation: “shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 m019 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ φέρετε τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 And bring the fattened calf, slaughter it, and let us eat and celebrate If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his servants to bring the calf they had been fattening and butcher it so that they could have a celebration feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 m020 figs-you φέρετε…θύσατε 1 bring…slaughter Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 m020 figs-you φέρετε…θύσατε 1 bring … slaughter Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 ll8j translate-unknown μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 the fattened calf A **calf** is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then, when they wanted to have a special feast, they would butcher and eat that calf. If your readers would not know what a **calf** or a cow is, or if a description of eating a cow would be offensive to them, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the young animal we have been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 t3cu figs-explicit θύσατε 1 kill In this context, the term **kill** means to slaughter an animal and prepare its meat to be eaten. The implication is that the servants were also to cook the meat for the feast that the father wanted to have. Alternate translation: “butcher and cook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 m021 figs-hendiadys φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 let us eat and celebrate The phrase **eat and celebrate** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **eat** indicates how the father wants to **celebrate** his son’s homecoming. Alternate translation: “celebrate by having a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@ LUK 15 23 m022 figs-exclusive φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 let us
|
|||
LUK 15 24 m023 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 ‘For this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life; he was lost, and has been found’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The father said that it was as if his son had died and come back to life, as if he had lost him and found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 ubz3 figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν 1 this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life The father says figuratively that when his **son** was in the faraway country, it was as if he was **dead**. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had died. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son had died, but now I see he is very much alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 izx2 figs-metaphor ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 he was lost, and has been found The father says figuratively that when his **son** was in faraway country, it was as if he was **lost** and no one knew where to find him. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had been missing. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son was missing, but now I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 m024 figs-activepassive εὑρέθη 1 he…has been found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 m024 figs-activepassive εὑρέθη 1 he … has been found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 m025 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι 1 And they began to celebrate **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it. Alternate translation: “Then they began to celebrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 15 25 jd7l grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Now Jesus uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 15 25 bk6d figs-explicit ἦν…ἐν ἀγρῷ 1 was in the field The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -2855,8 +2855,8 @@ LUK 16 25 g4js figs-activepassive παρακαλεῖται 1 he is comforted If
|
|||
LUK 16 25 cn8i figs-activepassive σὺ…ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 you are tormented If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m087 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν 1 And with all these things, between us and you a great chasm has been put in place, so that those who want to cross over from here to you are not able, and none may cross over from there to us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 af4h figs-idiom καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις 1 And with all these things This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In addition to this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m088 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us…us Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so **us** is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m089 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς 1 you…you Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so **you** is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m088 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so **us** is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m089 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς 1 you … you Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so **you** is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 tu5w figs-activepassive χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται 1 a great chasm has been set in place If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 sg6d figs-ellipsis μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν 1 and that they may not go across from there to us Abraham is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that those who want to come across from where you are to here will not be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 16 27 abcj figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Then he said, ‘I beg you then, Father, that you would send him to the house of my father figs-quotesinquotes If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus to his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ LUK 17 2 k9xl figs-metaphor σκανδαλίσῃ 1 he should trap See how you t
|
|||
LUK 17 2 xm7x figs-metaphor τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 these little ones This could mean one of several things. (1) It could refer to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) It could refer figuratively to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” (3) It could refer figuratively to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m104 figs-explicit προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς 1 Pay attention to yourselves Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m105 figs-you προσέχετε 1 Pay attention The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m106 figs-youcrowd σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες 1 your…rebuke…forgive The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m106 figs-youcrowd σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες 1 your … rebuke … forgive The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 hyn8 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ 1 If your brother sins, rebuke him Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin. Then you should rebuke him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 kkp3 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Jesus is using the term **brother** figuratively to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m107 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
@ -2903,7 +2903,7 @@ LUK 17 3 m108 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν μεταν
|
|||
LUK 17 4 x8a3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 And if he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 k5va figs-idiom ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας…καὶ ἑπτάκις 1 seven times in the day, and seven times The number **seven** in the Bible figuratively represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m109 τῆς ἡμέρας 1 in the day Alternate translation: “in the same day”
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m110 figs-youcrowd σὲ…σὲ…ἀφήσεις 1 you…you…you will forgive The word **you** is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m110 figs-youcrowd σὲ…σὲ…ἀφήσεις 1 you … you … you will forgive The word **you** is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m111 figs-quotesinquotes ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “comes to you and says that he is sorry, you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m112 figs-declarative ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 you will forgive him Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 17 5 s4dy οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 the apostles This means the 12 disciples whom Jesus appointed as his authoritative representatives in [6:13](../06/13.md). See how you translated the term there.
|
||||
|
@ -2911,7 +2911,7 @@ LUK 17 5 m114 τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 the Lord Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a
|
|||
LUK 17 5 pji3 figs-imperative πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν 1 Increase faith to us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us more faith” or “Please help us to trust God better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m115 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m116 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ 1 If you had faith like a mustard seed, you would say to this mulberry tree Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. He is asserting that if the condition is true, then the result will necessarily follow. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that if you had faith like a mustard seed, you could say to this mulberry tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m117 figs-you ἔχετε…ἐλέγετε…ὑμῖν 1 you had…you would say…you Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, **you** is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m117 figs-you ἔχετε…ἐλέγετε…ὑμῖν 1 you had … you would say … you Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, **you** is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 ep7z figs-simile εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 If you had faith like a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed. Jesus is using this seed figuratively in a simile to mean a very small amount. Alternate translation: “If you had even a tiny amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m118 translate-unknown κόκκον σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed If your readers would not be familiar with a **mustard seed**, you could use the name of another small seed with which they would be familiar, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 i31l translate-unknown συκαμίνῳ 1 mulberry tree Jesus likely uses a **mulberry tree** as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ LUK 17 22 m156 figs-explicit τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the
|
|||
LUK 17 22 x7sq figs-idiom καὶ οὐκ ὄψεσθε 1 but you will not see it Jesus is using the term **see** figuratively to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “but you will not experience it yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 dp8g figs-explicit ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’ The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “People will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 m157 figs-quotesinquotes ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 m158 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ 1 Behold…Behold These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 m158 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ 1 Behold … Behold These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 m159 figs-doublet μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 Do not go out or run after them The expressions **go out** and **run after** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 kjy2 figs-explicit μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 Do not go out or run after them The implication is that people would **go** to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 24 m160 ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει 1 just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky Alternate translation: “just as lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
|
||||
|
@ -3005,7 +3005,7 @@ LUK 17 24 m164 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son
|
|||
LUK 17 25 csa3 figs-123person δεῖ αὐτὸν…παθεῖν 1 it is necessary for him to suffer Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 17 25 dp8a figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 be rejected by this generation If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 25 m165 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus is using the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 17 26 d2ne καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ 1 just as it happened…so it will also be Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
|
||||
LUK 17 26 d2ne καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ 1 just as it happened … so it will also be Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
|
||||
LUK 17 26 v1sr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 in the days of Noah Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 17 26 m166 translate-names Νῶε 1 Noah **Noah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 17 26 ktl1 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@ LUK 18 13 c7x7 translate-symaction ἀλλ’ ἔτυπτε τὸ στῆθος
|
|||
LUK 18 13 m216 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 saying, ‘God, have mercy on me, the sinner’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He admitted that he was a sinner and asked God to have mercy on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 13 mx5p figs-imperative ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 God, have mercy on me, the sinner This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “God, please be merciful to me, I confess that I am a sinner” or “God, please forgive me for the many sins I have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m217 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m218 οὗτος…παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 this one…rather than that one Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m218 οὗτος…παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 this one … rather than that one Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m219 figs-activepassive κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 this one went down to his house justified If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive form **justified**. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 14 s1yr figs-explicit κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 this one went down to his house justified The implication is that the tax collector was right with God because God forgave his sin when he prayed humbly and repentantly. Alternate translation: “because God forgave his sin, the tax collector, rather than the Pharisee, was right with God when he went home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m220 figs-idiom κατέβη…εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 went down to his house When Jesus says that this man **went down** to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -3165,7 +3165,7 @@ LUK 18 26 vu3z figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 A
|
|||
LUK 18 26 m233 figs-activepassive καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 And who is able to be saved? If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 27 ms9b figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν 1 The impossible with men is possible with God Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 m235 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Peter uses the term **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 znu6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν 1 we have left…we have followed Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 znu6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν 1 we have left … we have followed Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 yk9b πάντα 1 everything This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind **everything** they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
|
||||
LUK 18 28 m236 translate-textvariants πάντα 1 everything Some manuscripts say “our own possessions” here instead of “everything.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide which reading to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 m262 figs-metaphor καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι 1 and we have followed you As in [18:22](../18/22.md), to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “in order to become your disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ LUK 18 29 vz2w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says
|
|||
LUK 18 29 sk6z figs-doublenegatives οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 18 29 m237 figs-abstractnouns εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the sake of the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 s6rp figs-doublenegatives ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ 1 who will by no means not receive This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you can finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 m238 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in this time…in the age that is coming Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 m238 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in this time … in the age that is coming Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 d3xa figs-ellipsis καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and in the age that is coming, eternal life Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 18 31 pwk9 παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he took the Twelve aside Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
|
||||
LUK 18 31 m239 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ LUK 19 17 m288 figs-imperative ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω
|
|||
LUK 19 18 zsr1 figs-quotesinquotes ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 m289 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 ic7p translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 irh6 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 Your mina…has made five minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 irh6 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 Your mina … has made five minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 d811 translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 abcr figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 So he also said to this one, ‘And you will be over five cities’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 jxa9 figs-imperative σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 you be over five cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
|
@ -3319,12 +3319,12 @@ LUK 19 22 m295 figs-metaphor αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερ
|
|||
LUK 19 23 m296 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest? If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 spx7 figs-rquestion καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest? The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I was like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collected it with interest when I returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 “to tell the emperor” grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And The king uses this word to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 e1yh translate-unknown ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ 1 put my silver in a bank…with interest A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 e1yh translate-unknown ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ 1 put my silver in a bank … with interest A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 m298 figs-metonymy μου τὸ ἀργύριον 1 my silver The king is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 c8ca σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα 1 I would have collected it with interest Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
|
||||
LUK 19 24 h1nn figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι 1 And he said to those standing by, ‘Take the mina away from him and give it to the one who has the ten minas’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 24 aj1c τοῖς παρεστῶσιν 1 those standing by The phrase **those standing by** refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “to his attendants”
|
||||
LUK 19 24 zh5s translate-bweight τὴν μνᾶν…τὰς δέκα μνᾶς 1 the mina…the ten minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 24 zh5s translate-bweight τὴν μνᾶν…τὰς δέκα μνᾶς 1 the mina … the ten minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m299 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And This word introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m300 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 they said to him, ‘Master, he has ten minas’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m7ql figs-exclamations ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 he has ten minas You could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he already has ten minas!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
|
@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@ LUK 19 29 y9q8 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that L
|
|||
LUK 19 29 q1wn translate-names Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν 1 Bethphage and Bethany These are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 lj69 figs-activepassive τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 m307 translate-names τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m308 figs-youdual ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε 1 Go…entering, you will find…Untie…bring Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m308 figs-youdual ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε 1 Go … entering, you will find … Untie … bring Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m309 τὴν κατέναντι κώμην 1 the village opposite Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
|
||||
LUK 19 30 qq5c translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m310 figs-activepassive δεδεμένον 1 tied up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -3354,12 +3354,12 @@ LUK 19 30 w1yp figs-gendernotations ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε
|
|||
LUK 19 30 m311 figs-metonymy ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no one of men has ever sat Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 px4k figs-hypo ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’ Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 emu8 figs-quotesinquotes ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m312 figs-youdual ὑμᾶς…διὰ τί λύετε?…ἐρεῖτε 1 you…‘Why are you untying it?’…you will say Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m312 figs-youdual ὑμᾶς…διὰ τί λύετε?…ἐρεῖτε 1 you … ‘Why are you untying it?’ … you will say Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m313 figs-declarative ἐρεῖτε 1 you will say Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m314 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 19 32 hdd8 figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 the ones who were sent If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 33 biw8 figs-youdual τί λύετε 1 why are you untying The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 33 m315 translate-unknown τὸν πῶλον…τὸν πῶλον 1 the colt…the colt See how you translated **colt** in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “the young donkey … this young donkey” or “the young riding animal … this young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 33 m315 translate-unknown τὸν πῶλον…τὸν πῶλον 1 the colt … the colt See how you translated **colt** in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “the young donkey … this young donkey” or “the young riding animal … this young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 34 m316 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 So they said, “The Lord has need of it” The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 34 m317 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord The disciples refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 19 35 m318 translate-symaction ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον 1 throwing their cloaks upon the colt The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. Alternate translation: “draping the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@ LUK 19 41 v3pq figs-explicit ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλι
|
|||
LUK 19 41 k4l2 figs-metonymy ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 he wept over it Luke is using the city of Jerusalem figuratively to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 g1ee figs-apostrophe εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Starting here and through [19:44](../19/44.md), Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m334 figs-idiom εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Jesus is idiomatically using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 q8fm figs-you ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου 1 you had known…even you…your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you can use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 q8fm figs-you ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου 1 you had known … even you … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you can use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m335 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ 1 in this day Jesus is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m336 figs-explicit τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 the things towards peace The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at **peace** with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 tgs6 figs-metonymy ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου 1 they have been hidden from your eyes The term **eyes** figuratively means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -3404,13 +3404,13 @@ LUK 19 42 m337 figs-activepassive ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σο
|
|||
LUK 19 43 y3g2 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known "the things toward peace," as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 tib4 figs-idiom ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ 1 the days will come upon you This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 m338 figs-idiom ἡμέραι 1 days Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε 1 you…your…you…you…you The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε 1 you … your … you … you … you The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 e7xp translate-unknown χάρακά 1 a barricade The term **barricade** refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m339 figs-idiom ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground To **dash** something **to the ground** means to destroy it completely, leaving nothing standing. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 p7qg figs-apostrophe ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground As the first note to [19:42](../19/42.md) explains, Jesus is figuratively addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m340 figs-idiom ἐδαφιοῦσίν…τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 they will dash…to the ground…your children within you To **dash** people **to the ground** means to kill them. Alternate translation: “they will kill your children within in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m341 figs-metaphor ἐδαφιοῦσίν…τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 they will dash…to the ground…your children within you Jesus speaks figuratively of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her **children**. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “they will kill the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m342 figs-you σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου 1 you…your…you…you…you did not know…your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m340 figs-idiom ἐδαφιοῦσίν…τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 they will dash … to the ground … your children within you To **dash** people **to the ground** means to kill them. Alternate translation: “they will kill your children within in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m341 figs-metaphor ἐδαφιοῦσίν…τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 they will dash … to the ground … your children within you Jesus speaks figuratively of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her **children**. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “they will kill the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m342 figs-you σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου 1 you … your … you … you … you did not know … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 f51h figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον 1 they will not leave one stone upon another in you This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 xv9n figs-idiom οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου 1 you did not know the time of your visitation Here, **visitation** is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 xq47 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
|
@ -3449,7 +3449,7 @@ LUK 20 6 m355 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,
|
|||
LUK 20 6 e9ps figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m356 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men See how you translated this in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m357 figs-hyperbole ὁ λαὸς ἅπας 1 the whole people For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak figuratively as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m358 figs-idiom ὁ λαὸς 1 the…people This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the … Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m358 figs-idiom ὁ λαὸς 1 the … people This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the … Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 nns5 figs-explicit καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 stone us The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m359 figs-activepassive πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν 1 it is persuaded If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 ia28 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
@ -3461,7 +3461,7 @@ LUK 20 9 m360 writing-participants ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπ
|
|||
LUK 20 9 s8tt translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 rented it to farmers As the rest of the story shows, the man **rented** the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 20 9 y37s γεωργοῖς 1 farmers While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 wm51 figs-explicit καιρῷ 1 at the time If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m361 γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ 1 farmers…farmers See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m361 γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ 1 farmers … farmers See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 kr7j figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 of the fruit of the vineyard This could mean one of several things. (1) The word **fruit** could be intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) The word **fruit** could be figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m362 figs-explicit οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν 1 the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν 1 sent him away empty Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3557,10 +3557,10 @@ LUK 20 34 m397 figs-activepassive οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τού
|
|||
LUK 20 34 n91c figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the sons of this age The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m398 figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ 1 the sons Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m399 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy…neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m400 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες 1 those who are considered worthy If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m401 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain…the resurrection that is from the dead If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m3gm figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 neither marry nor are given in marriage If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you can do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 lk28 figs-explicit οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται 1 neither are they able to die anymore The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -3575,14 +3575,14 @@ LUK 20 37 n82t figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus ass
|
|||
LUK 20 37 m406 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 nx7f figs-verbs λέγει 1 he calls In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 pqm8 figs-explicit τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ 1 the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m407 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 Abraham…Isaac…Jacob translate-names
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m407 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 Abraham … Isaac … Jacob translate-names
|
||||
LUK 20 38 tdq7 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not…of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not … of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 m408 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 the living Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 i6am figs-explicit πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν 1 for all are alive to him Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 n5nq writing-participants ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν 1 Then answering some of the scribes said Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 m409 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν 1 answering…said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 m409 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 m410 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 20 40 m411 figs-doublenegatives οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying **no longer** and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 20 40 vjx9 figs-explicit οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -3610,7 +3610,7 @@ LUK 20 45 m420 figs-hyperbole παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 all the people L
|
|||
LUK 20 46 m421 figs-metonymy προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Beware of the scribes Jesus says **beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 ang2 translate-symaction θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς 1 who desire to walk in long robes In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m422 figs-explicit φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς 1 love greetings The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “love to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m423 figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first seats…the first places As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m423 figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first seats … the first places As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 m424 figs-metonymy οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 c7yv figs-metaphor οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus says figuratively that the scribes **devour** or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 g67x προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται 1 for a pretext they pray at length Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
|
||||
|
@ -3811,16 +3811,16 @@ LUK 22 6 bw75 ἄτερ ὄχλου 1 away from the crowd Alternate translation
|
|||
LUK 22 7 veh1 figs-explicit ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Day of Unleavened Bread This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [22:1](../22/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 7 rqi1 figs-metonymy ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα 1 it was necessary to sacrifice the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the lamb that the law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 abcs writing-pronouns ἀπέστειλεν 1 he sent The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m503 translate-names Πέτρον…Ἰωάννην 1 Peter…John These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [6:14](../06/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m503 translate-names Πέτρον…Ἰωάννην 1 Peter … John These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [6:14](../06/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m504 figs-youdual πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε 1 Going, prepare Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 nkz4 figs-explicit πορευθέντες 1 Going The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 e4ev figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν 1 us…that we may eat Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 e4ev figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν 1 us … that we may eat Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m505 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 9 j52e figs-exclusive θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 do you wish that we should prepare it Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word **we** does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 9 s8yw figs-verbs ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 that we should prepare it Peter and John are speaking as a group of two, so this verb would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 um6z figs-youdual αὐτοῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ἀκολουθήσατε 1 them…you…you…follow Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 um6z figs-youdual αὐτοῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ἀκολουθήσατε 1 them … you … you … follow Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 c13w figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses this word to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. It may be helpful to explain the meaning of the word more fully and to do so as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 i45e συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος 1 a man…will meet you Alternate translation: “you will see a man”
|
||||
LUK 22 10 i45e συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος 1 a man … will meet you Alternate translation: “you will see a man”
|
||||
LUK 22 10 a677 translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 a pitcher of water This means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 say to the master of the house, ‘The Teacher says to you, “Where is the guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 iv6f ὁ διδάσκαλος 1 the Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
|
@ -3857,7 +3857,7 @@ LUK 22 19 d8r1 figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Th
|
|||
LUK 22 19 lc9m figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον 1 which is given for you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 19 cxy5 figs-explicit τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν 1 Do this in my remembrance Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 m517 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸ ποτήριον 1 And the cup Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 z3cx figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον…τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup…This cup In each case, the term **cup** figuratively means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 z3cx figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον…τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup … This cup In each case, the term **cup** figuratively means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 gc8h figs-explicit ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου 1 the new covenant in my blood In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 v4d3 figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 which is poured out for you Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will flow out of my wounds for you when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 21 swj1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@ LUK 22 25 m523 figs-activepassive καλοῦνται 1 are called If it would b
|
|||
LUK 22 25 m524 translate-names εὐεργέται 1 Benefactors This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you can express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 ne9r ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως 1 But you be not thus Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m525 ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος 1 let the greater among you become like the younger As the last note to [22:24](../22/24.md) discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m526 figs-nominaladj ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος 1 the greater…the younger Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m526 figs-nominaladj ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος 1 the greater … the younger Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 cdq7 figs-metonymy ὁ νεώτερος 1 the younger This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring figuratively to a person who was less important and influential by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 y4n1 ὁ διακονῶν 1 the one who serves Alternate translation: “a servant”
|
||||
LUK 22 27 mw2l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
@ -3906,7 +3906,7 @@ LUK 22 31 qyy7 figs-simile ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσ
|
|||
LUK 22 31 m536 figs-explicit ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον 1 has asked to sift you as wheat The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 dmw8 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is referring to all of the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 m537 ἐγὼ…ἐδεήθην 1 I have asked Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
|
||||
LUK 22 32 pd1t figs-you ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ 1 you…your…you…you…your Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 pd1t figs-you ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ 1 you … your … you … you … your Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 zp8w figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου 1 that your faith may not fail If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verb **fail** as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you will continue to have faith” or “that you will continue to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 qxk7 figs-metaphor ποτε ἐπιστρέψας 1 when you have turned back This expression refers figuratively to resuming a previous course of action. Alternate translation: “when you are once more openly loyal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 f9v8 figs-explicit στήρισον τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 strengthen your brothers The implication is that Jesus wants Simon to **strengthen** the other disciples in their faith. Alternate translation: “encourage the other disciples to be strong in their faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -3924,8 +3924,8 @@ LUK 22 35 m544 figs-metonymy ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας,
|
|||
LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “did you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 tb51 figs-ellipsis οὐθενός 1 Nothing Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 h7j7 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag…the one who does not have a sword Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 m546 figs-explicit ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag…the one who does not have a sword Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 h7j7 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 m546 figs-explicit ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 q717 translate-unknown τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 cloak See how you translated **cloak** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 n73l translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 m547 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “indeed”
|
||||
|
@ -3945,7 +3945,7 @@ LUK 22 40 m552 figs-explicit προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν
|
|||
LUK 22 41 sp1s figs-idiom ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν 1 about the throw of a stone This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 41 m553 translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα 1 having put down his knees As Jesus indicates in his parable in [18:11](../18/11.md), the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgently about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 y51l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 m554 figs-youformal εἰ βούλει…τὸ σὸν 1 if you are willing…yours Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of **you** and **yours** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 m554 figs-youformal εἰ βούλει…τὸ σὸν 1 if you are willing … yours Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of **you** and **yours** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 ic7y figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 m555 figs-imperative παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 zw2y figs-imperative πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω 1 But let not my will, but yours, happen This is another imperative that should be translated as a request rather than as a command. Alternate translation: “However, please do what is according to your will, rather than what is according to my will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
|
@ -4018,7 +4018,7 @@ LUK 22 60 ck93 ἄνθρωπε 1 Man See how you translated this in [22:58](../
|
|||
LUK 22 60 al3s figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are saying This is an idiom that means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you are saying is not true at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 p6c5 writing-pronouns ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 while he was still speaking The pronoun **he** refers to Peter, not to the other man. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 lt62 translate-unknown ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ 1 a rooster crowed See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression there. Alternate translation: “the birds began to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 gdp5 ὁ Κύριος…τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the Lord…the Lord Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation in each case: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 61 gdp5 ὁ Κύριος…τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the Lord … the Lord Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation in each case: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 61 dpk1 figs-metonymy τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. Alternate translation: “the statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 kkq8 translate-unknown ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 a rooster crows See how you translated this in [22:60](../22/60.md) and the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 ui26 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today See how you translated this in [22:34](../22/34.md). The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn, so this was still the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -4050,10 +4050,10 @@ LUK 22 70 l4j7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1
|
|||
LUK 22 70 jtr9 figs-idiom ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 You are saying that I am This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 u3m3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of a witness? The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m594 figs-explicit τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of a witness? The implications are that no further testimony is needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m595 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν…αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν 1 do we have…we ourselves have heard The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m595 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν…αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν 1 do we have … we ourselves have heard The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m596 grammar-connect-logic-result αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth If it would be clearer in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 lpm4 figs-metonymy ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we…have heard from his own mouth The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** figuratively to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m597 figs-explicit ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we…have heard from his own mouth The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 lpm4 figs-metonymy ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we … have heard from his own mouth The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** figuratively to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m597 figs-explicit ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we … have heard from his own mouth The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 intro p6wq 0 # Luke 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)<br>2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)<br>3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”<br><br>There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).<br><br>(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** figuratively to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)<br><br>This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.<br><br>### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)<br><br>This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.<br><br>If you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 pi3d grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 sgf1 figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν 1 the whole multitude of them The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -4061,7 +4061,7 @@ LUK 23 1 mvn9 figs-metonymy ἀναστὰν 1 rose up This means literally that
|
|||
LUK 23 1 k4aa figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 to Pilate The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 m598 translate-names Πειλᾶτον 1 Pilate **Pilate** is the name of the man who was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 m599 figs-explicit κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ 1 to accuse him The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could say explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 mtc8 figs-exclusive εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 we found…our nation The terms **we** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 mtc8 figs-exclusive εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 we found … our nation The terms **we** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 im4v figs-metaphor διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 misleading our nation The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 xsa4 κωλύοντα φόρους…διδόναι 1 forbidding to give tribute Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
|
||||
LUK 23 2 l68k figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 to Caesar See how you translated this in [20:22](../20/22.md). The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -4079,7 +4079,7 @@ LUK 23 7 cbn1 figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι 1 when he learned that Th
|
|||
LUK 23 7 mn6i figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν 1 he was under the authority of Herod The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ay2i figs-explicit ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην 1 he sent him to Herod The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ys2n figs-idiom ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Luke is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 8 z3zz writing-pronouns θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν…διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he had been desiring to see him…because he had heard about him In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 8 z3zz writing-pronouns θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν…διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he had been desiring to see him … because he had heard about him In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 8 b424 figs-activepassive ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον 1 he was hoping to see some sign happen by him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 9 hbp3 figs-metonymy ἐπηρώτα…αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς 1 he questioned him in many words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 9 c8li οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ 1 he answered him nothing If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
|
||||
|
@ -4134,7 +4134,7 @@ LUK 23 25 nwd3 figs-explicit τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακ
|
|||
LUK 23 25 t66f figs-activepassive βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν 1 who had been put in prison If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 25 z8v8 figs-personification τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν 1 he handed over Jesus to their will Luke speaks figuratively of the **will** of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “but he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 s9kc ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν 1 as they led him away Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
|
||||
LUK 23 26 ysu3 figs-explicit ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν 1 seizing Simon…they put Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 ysu3 figs-explicit ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν 1 seizing Simon … they put Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 m618 writing-background Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean coming from the country If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 m619 writing-participants Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 x5qz translate-names Σίμωνά 1 Simon **Simon** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:38](../04/38.md). (It is the same name there, even though it is the name of a different person.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -4159,9 +4159,9 @@ LUK 23 30 te1i grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Then Here, **then**
|
|||
LUK 23 30 u1x1 writing-pronouns ἄρξονται λέγειν 1 they will begin to say Here Jesus is likely using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense, as in the previous verse. He probably does not have specific individuals in mind. However, the general reference may be to the people of Jerusalem, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “people will begin to say” or “the people of Jerusalem will begin to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m624 figs-apostrophe λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’ Jesus is saying that at this time people will figuratively address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m625 figs-quotesinquotes λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m626 figs-imperative πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us…Cover us This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m627 figs-explicit πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us…Cover us The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m628 figs-exclusive πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us…Cover us When the people say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of **us** if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m626 figs-imperative πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us … Cover us This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m627 figs-explicit πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us … Cover us The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m628 figs-exclusive πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us … Cover us When the people say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of **us** if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 nkk3 figs-metaphor ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? 1 For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry? This is a figure of speech based on the idea that dry wood catches fire much more easily than moist wood. The fire, in turn, represents terrible things that people will experience. Jesus is saying that under the present relatively stable conditions, it was difficult for his enemies to arrest him and sentence him to death. In the future, conditions will become so desperate and chaotic that people will be able to do much worse things much more easily. He is probably referring to what conditions will be like during the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, which he described in [21:20–24](../21/20.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, and you could represent the metaphor itself as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “If people are able to do this when conditions are good, what will they do when conditions become very bad?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 y238 figs-rquestion ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? 1 For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry? Jesus does not expect the women to tell him what people will do in the future. Rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since people are doing this when conditions are good, they will certainly do much worse when conditions become very bad!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m629 writing-pronouns ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν 1 they do these things Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “people are doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -4212,8 +4212,8 @@ LUK 23 40 m653 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἕτερος 1 the other Luke is using the a
|
|||
LUK 23 40 nk1r figs-rquestion οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment? The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m654 figs-explicit οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment? If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m655 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ 1 you are under the same judgment The second criminal is using the word **judgment** figuratively to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced **judgment** on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 qyp6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we…we are receiving…we did The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term **we** to mean himself and the first criminal. So **we** would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 m656 figs-verbs ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we…we are receiving…we did Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 qyp6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we … we are receiving … we did The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term **we** to mean himself and the first criminal. So **we** would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 m656 figs-verbs ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we … we are receiving … we did Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 i4gm figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς…δικαίως 1 we justly The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 m657 figs-nominaladj ἄξια…ὧν ἐπράξαμεν 1 worthy of what we did The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 nu35 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
@ -4297,7 +4297,7 @@ LUK 24 3 elq2 figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρί
|
|||
LUK 24 4 bmt4 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 m685 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 2 and Luke uses this word to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 m686 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 c11i writing-pronouns ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 as they became terrified…they said to them The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 c11i writing-pronouns ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 as they became terrified … they said to them The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 n5xf translate-symaction κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 bowed their faces toward the ground Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 abcw figs-verbs εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 they said to them If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 fs3y figs-rquestion τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν? 1 Why are you seeking the living among the dead? The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -4348,10 +4348,10 @@ LUK 24 15 m710 ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς 1 appro
|
|||
LUK 24 16 q6nk figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him Luke uses one part of the men, their **eyes**, to speak figuratively of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 24 16 m711 figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him Luke uses the term **held** figuratively, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 16 m712 figs-activepassive οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 xak8 figs-youdual αὐτούς…ἀντιβάλλετε…περιπατοῦντες…ἐστάθησαν 1 them…you are exchanging…you are walking…they stood still Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 xak8 figs-youdual αὐτούς…ἀντιβάλλετε…περιπατοῦντες…ἐστάθησαν 1 them … you are exchanging … you are walking … they stood still Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 m713 figs-metonymy οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 these words that you are exchanging with each other Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 m714 ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί 1 they stood still, gloomy Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
|
||||
LUK 24 18 m715 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν 1 answering…said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 m715 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 bqc9 translate-names Κλεοπᾶς 1 Cleopas **Cleopas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 qx7m figs-rquestion σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις? 1 Are you alone visiting Jerusalem and have not known the things that have happened in her in these days? Cleopas does not expect Jesus to tell him whether he is the only visitor to Jerusalem who does not know what has recently happened in the city. Rather, Cleopas is using the question form to show his surprise, since he expects that everyone would know about these events. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person visiting Jerusalem who does not know what has just happened in the city!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 18 m716 figs-nominaladj τὰ γενόμενα 1 the things having happened Cleopas is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **things** to show this, since the participle is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the events that have taken place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
@ -4374,7 +4374,7 @@ LUK 24 21 d52i figs-idiom ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτο
|
|||
LUK 24 21 sg3g figs-explicit τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened By saying **he is spending this third day**, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 xqc3 translate-ordinal τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 a3j9 γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 some women among us Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
|
||||
LUK 24 22 m727 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us…us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 m727 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 du1v γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον 1 having been at the tomb early The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
|
||||
LUK 24 23 m728 καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν 1 and not finding his body, they came If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you can continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
|
||||
LUK 24 24 m729 τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν 1 some of those with us Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
|
||||
|
@ -4389,12 +4389,12 @@ LUK 24 25 m735 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προ
|
|||
LUK 24 26 n85k figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ? 1 Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into his glory? Jesus is using the question form to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Messiah had to suffer these things in order to enter into his glory!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 m736 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 and to enter into his glory This is not a second thing that it was necessary for the Messiah to do. Rather, this is the result for which it was necessary for the Messiah to do the first thing. Alternate translation: “in order to enter into his glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 f8es figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 to enter into his glory This is likely a reference to the Messiah beginning his reign as king. (However, UST offers a different interpretation of the phrase.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “to begin his glorious rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 27 g4t7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses…the prophets Luke is using the name **Moses** figuratively to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term **the prophets** to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 27 g4t7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses … the prophets Luke is using the name **Moses** figuratively to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term **the prophets** to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 27 m737 καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 and from all the prophets The term **beginning** applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
|
||||
LUK 24 28 m738 figs-verbs ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο 1 they drew near to the village where they were going The first **they** refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second **they** refers only to the two disciples, so **they were going** would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 28 cdj2 figs-explicit αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι 1 he acted as if he would travel farther This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m739 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m740 figs-verbs παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 they urged…us…them This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m740 figs-verbs παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 they urged … us … them This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 pn4d figs-ellipsis παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν 1 they urged him Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m741 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 s6ps figs-parallelism πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day has already declined These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -4408,15 +4408,15 @@ LUK 24 30 m745 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 them The pronoun **them** would
|
|||
LUK 24 31 h4yr figs-metonymy αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1 their eyes were opened Here, **eyes** figuratively represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 31 m746 figs-activepassive αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1 their eyes were opened If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 31 yev2 figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 he became invisible from them Here Luke uses an unusual expression, saying that Jesus **became invisible**. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m747 figs-verbs εἶπαν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 they said…our…us…us This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m747 figs-verbs εἶπαν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 they said … our … us … us This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 inw4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς? 1 Was not our heart burning, as he spoke to us on the way, as he opened to us the Scriptures? The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m748 figs-metaphor οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning The men are using the metaphor of a **heart burning** to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m749 figs-explicit οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m750 figs-possession οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one **heart**, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “Were not our hearts burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m751 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν 1 our heart The men are using the term **heart** figuratively to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m752 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us…us The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m752 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 our … us … us The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 xy6p figs-metaphor ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς 1 as he opened to us the Scriptures Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term **opened** figuratively means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 qi47 figs-verbs ἀναστάντες…ὑπέστρεψαν…εὗρον 1 rising up…they returned…they found These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 qi47 figs-verbs ἀναστάντες…ὑπέστρεψαν…εὗρον 1 rising up … they returned … they found These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 ar2c figs-idiom ἀναστάντες 1 rising up As in [24:12](../24/12.md), this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “starting out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 m753 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 that same hour Luke is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 m754 figs-activepassive εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 they found the Eleven having been gathered, and those with them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -4427,7 +4427,7 @@ LUK 24 34 m756 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord has
|
|||
LUK 24 34 m757 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 and The apostles and disciples use this word to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 34 m758 figs-activepassive ὤφθη Σίμωνι 1 he has been seen by Simon If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 34 m759 translate-names Σίμωνι 1 Simon This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 m760 writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ…αὐτοῖς 1 they…them These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 m760 writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ…αὐτοῖς 1 they … them These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 fb1r figs-ellipsis τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 the things on the way Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 mnn2 figs-activepassive ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς 1 how he was made known to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 y3f8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 in the breaking of the bread Luke is using **the breaking of the bread** figuratively to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -4495,4 +4495,4 @@ LUK 24 52 m786 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ χαρᾶς μεγάλης 1 with gr
|
|||
LUK 24 53 m787 figs-ellipsis διὰ παντὸς 1 through all Luke is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “through all hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 24 53 wa3d figs-hyperbole διὰ παντὸς 1 through all Luke means that the disciples were in the temple **through all** the hours that the temple was open. Even so, this is an overstatement to emphasize that they went to the temple every day. Alternate translation: “every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 24 53 edm3 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 24 53 pex4 εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν 1 blessing God Alternate translation: “worshiping God”
|
||||
LUK 24 53 pex4 εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν 1 blessing God Alternate translation: “worshiping God”
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue